blob: 2c54a792c1aec89681e8ae6bd021dedb8a9fefc0 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000021#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000022#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
24#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000025#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000028using namespace clang;
29
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000030
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000031/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
32/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
33///
34/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
35/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
36/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
37/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
38/// function is being used.
39///
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000040/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
41/// decls.
42///
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
44/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000045///
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000046bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000047 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000048 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000049 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000050 }
51
Chris Lattnerffb93682009-10-25 17:21:40 +000052 // See if the decl is unavailable
53 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
54 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
55 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
56 }
57
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000058 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000059 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000060 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
61 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
62 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
63 return true;
64 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000065 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000066
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000067 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000068}
69
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000070/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000071/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000072/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
73///
74void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000075 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000076 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000077 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000078 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000079 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
80 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000081
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000082 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
83 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000084 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +000085 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
86 int isMethod = 0;
87 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
88 // skip over named parameters.
89 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
90 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
91 if (nullPos)
92 --nullPos;
93 else
94 ++i;
95 }
96 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
97 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +000098 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +000099 // skip over named parameters.
100 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
101 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
102 if (nullPos)
103 --nullPos;
104 else
105 ++i;
106 }
107 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000108 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000109 // block or function pointer call.
110 QualType Ty = V->getType();
111 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000112 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000113 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
114 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000115 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
116 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
117 unsigned k;
118 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
119 if (nullPos)
120 --nullPos;
121 else
122 ++i;
123 }
124 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
125 }
126 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
127 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000128 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000129 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000131 return;
132
133 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000134 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000135 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000136 return;
137 }
138 int sentinel = i;
139 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
140 --sentinelPos;
141 ++i;
142 }
143 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
144 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000145 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000146 return;
147 }
148 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
149 ++i;
150 ++sentinel;
151 }
152 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
153 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000154 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
155 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000156 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000157 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000158 }
159 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000160}
161
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000162SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
163 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
164 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
165}
166
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000167//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
168// Standard Promotions and Conversions
169//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
170
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000171/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
172void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
173 QualType Ty = E->getType();
174 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
175
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000176 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000177 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlssonb633c4e2009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000178 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000179 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
180 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
181 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
182 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
183 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
184 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
185 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000186 //
187 // C++ 4.2p1:
188 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
189 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
190 //
191 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
192 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000193 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
194 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000195 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196}
197
198/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000199/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000200/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
201/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
202/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
203Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
204 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
205 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000206
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000207 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
208 //
209 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
210 // unsigned int may be used:
211 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
212 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
213 // and unsigned int.
214 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
215 //
216 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
217 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
218 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
219 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000220 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
221 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000222 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000223 return Expr;
224 }
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000225 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000226 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000227 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000228 return Expr;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000229 }
230
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000231 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000232 return Expr;
233}
234
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000235/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000236/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000237/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
238void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
239 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
240 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000241
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000242 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000243 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000244 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000245 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
246 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000247
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000248 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
249}
250
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000251/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
252/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
253/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
254/// completely illegal.
255bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000256 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000257
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000258 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
259 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
260 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
261 << Expr->getType() << CT;
262 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000263 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000264
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000265 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
266 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
267 << Expr->getType() << CT;
268
269 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000270}
271
272
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000273/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
274/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000275/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
277/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
278/// GCC.
279QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
280 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000281 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000282 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000283
284 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000285
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000286 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000287 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000288 QualType lhs =
289 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000290 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000291 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000292
293 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
294 if (lhs == rhs)
295 return lhs;
296
297 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
298 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
299 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
300 return lhs;
301
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000302 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000303 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000304 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
305 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000306 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000307 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
308 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
309
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000310 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000311 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000312 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
313 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000314 return destType;
315}
316
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000317//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
318// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
319//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
320
321
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000322/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000323/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
324/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
325/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
326/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000327///
328Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000329Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000330 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
331
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000332 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000333 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000334 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000335
336 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
337 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
338 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000339
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000340 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000341 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000342 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000343
344 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
345 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
346 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000347
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000348 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
349 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
350 // strings.
351 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000352 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000353 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000354
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000355 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000356 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000357 Literal.GetStringLength(),
358 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
359 &StringTokLocs[0],
360 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000361}
362
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000363/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
364/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
365/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
366/// for values inside the block or for globals).
367///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000368/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
369/// up-to-date.
370///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000371static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
372 ValueDecl *VD) {
373 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
374 // we wanted to.
375 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
376 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000377
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000378 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
379 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
380 return false;
381
382 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
383 // snapshot it.
384 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
385 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000386 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
387 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000388
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000389 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
390 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
391
392 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
393 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
394 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
395 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
396 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
397 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
398 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
399 // having a reference outside it.
400 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
401 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000402
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000403 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
404 // a snapshot as well.
405 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
406 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000407
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000408 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000409}
410
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000411
412
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000413/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000414Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000415Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
416 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
417 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000418 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
419 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000420 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000421 << D->getDeclName();
422 return ExprError();
423 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000424
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000425 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
426 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
427 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
428 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000429 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000430 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000431 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000432 << D->getIdentifier();
433 return ExprError();
434 }
435 }
436 }
437 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000438
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000439 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000440
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000441 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
442 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
443 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
444 D, Loc,
445 Ty, TypeDependent, ValueDependent));
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000446}
447
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000448/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
449/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
450/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000451static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
452 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000453 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000454 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000456 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
457 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
458 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000459 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000461 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000462 D != DEnd; ++D) {
463 if (*D == Record) {
464 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
465 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
466 ++D;
467 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000468 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000469 return *D;
470 }
471 }
472
473 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
474 return 0;
475}
476
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000477/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
478/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
479/// actual member.
480///
481/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
482/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
483/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
484/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
485/// we found.
486///
487/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
488/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
489/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
490VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
491 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000492 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
493 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
494 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
495
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000496 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000497 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
498 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
499 do {
500 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000501 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000502 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000503 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000504 else {
505 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
506 break;
507 }
508 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000509 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000510 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000511
512 return BaseObject;
513}
514
515Sema::OwningExprResult
516Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
517 FieldDecl *Field,
518 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
519 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
520 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000521 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000522 AnonFields);
523
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000524 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
525 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
526 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
527 // found via name lookup.
528 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000529 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000530 if (BaseObject) {
531 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
532 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000533 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000534 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000535 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000536 SourceLocation());
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000537 BaseQuals
538 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000539 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
540 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
541 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
542 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
543 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000544 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000545 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
546 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
547 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000548 BaseQuals
549 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000550 } else {
551 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
552 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
553 // program our base object expression is "this".
554 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
555 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000556 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000557 = Context.getTagDeclType(
558 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
559 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000560 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000561 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
562 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
563 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000564 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000565 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000566 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
567 }
568 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000569 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
570 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000571 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000572 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000573 }
574
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000575 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000576 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
577 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000578 }
579
580 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
581 // anonymous struct/union.
582 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000583 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000584 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
585 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
586 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
587 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000588 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
589 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
590
591 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
592 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
593 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
594 ResultQuals.removeConst();
595
596 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
597 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
598
599 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
600 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
601
602 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
603 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
604 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
605
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000606 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000607 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000608 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
609 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000610 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000611 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000612 }
613
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000614 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000615}
616
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000617Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
618 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
619 UnqualifiedId &Name,
620 bool HasTrailingLParen,
621 bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
622 if (Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
623 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
624 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
625 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgIsType(),
626 Name.TemplateId->NumArgs);
627 return ActOnTemplateIdExpr(SS,
628 TemplateTy::make(Name.TemplateId->Template),
629 Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
630 Name.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
631 TemplateArgsPtr,
632 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgLocations(),
633 Name.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
634 }
635
636 // FIXME: We lose a bunch of source information by doing this. Later,
637 // we'll want to merge ActOnDeclarationNameExpr's logic into
638 // ActOnIdExpression.
639 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S,
640 Name.StartLocation,
641 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name),
642 HasTrailingLParen,
643 &SS,
644 IsAddressOfOperand);
645}
646
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000647/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
648/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
649/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
650/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
651/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000652/// this routine is called by ActOnIdExpression, which contains a
653/// parsed UnqualifiedId.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000654///
655/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
656/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
657/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
658/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000659///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000660/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
661/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
662/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
663/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000664Sema::OwningExprResult
665Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
666 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000667 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000668 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000669 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000670 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
671 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000672
673 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
674 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
675 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
676 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000677 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000678 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000679 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000680 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson9b31df42009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000681 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
682 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000683 }
684
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000685 LookupResult Lookup;
686 LookupParsedName(Lookup, S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000687
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000688 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
689 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
690 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
691 : SourceRange());
692 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000693 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000694
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000695 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000696
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000697 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
698 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000699 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
700 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000701 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
702 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000703 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
704 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000705 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000706 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000707 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000708 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000709 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000710 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000711 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
712 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000713
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000714 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
715 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
716 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
717 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000718
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000719 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
720 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
721 // an error.
722 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
723 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
724 << IV->getDeclName());
725 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
726 // same name exists, use the global.
727 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000728 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
729 ClassDeclared != IFace)
730 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000731 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
732 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000733 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000734 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
735 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
736 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
737 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
738 SelfName, false, false);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000739 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000740 return Owned(new (Context)
741 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000742 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000743 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000744 }
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000745 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000746 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
747 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000748 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000749 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000750 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
751 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000752 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000753 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000754 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000755 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000756 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000757 QualType T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000758
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000759 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000760 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
761 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000762 else
763 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000764 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000765 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000766 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000767
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000768 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
769 // argument-dependent lookup.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000770 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000771 HasTrailingLParen;
772
773 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000774 // We've seen something of the form
775 //
776 // identifier(
777 //
778 // and we did not find any entity by the name
779 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
780 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
781 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
782 Context.OverloadTy,
783 Loc));
784 }
785
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000786 if (D == 0) {
787 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
788 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000789 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000790 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000791 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000792 else {
793 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
794 // diagnose the problem.
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000795 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
796 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member)
797 << Name << computeDeclContext(*SS, false)
798 << SS->getRange());
799 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000800 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000801 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
802 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000803 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000804 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000805 }
806 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000807
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000808 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
809 // Warn about constructs like:
810 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
811 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000812
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000813 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
814 // information to check this property.
815 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
816 Scope *CheckS = S;
817 while (CheckS) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000818 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000819 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
820 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
821 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
822 << Var->getDeclName());
823 else
824 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
825 << Var->getDeclName());
826 break;
827 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000828
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000829 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
830 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
831 if (CheckS)
832 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
833 }
834 }
835 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
836 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
837 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
838 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
839 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
840 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
841 // type.
842 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
843 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000844
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000845 QualType T = Func->getType();
846 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000847 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000848 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
849 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
850 }
851 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000852
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000853 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
854}
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000855/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000856bool
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000857Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
858 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000859 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000860 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000861 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000862 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000863 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
864 return false;
865 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
866 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000867 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000868 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
869 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000870 }
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000871 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
872 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
873 DestRecordType,
874 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
875 From->getSourceRange()))
876 return true;
Anders Carlsson3503d042009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000877 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
878 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000879 }
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000880 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000881}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000882
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000883/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000884static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
885 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000886 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
887 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000888 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000889 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000890 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000891 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
892 false, SourceLocation(), 0, 0, SourceLocation(),
893 Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000894
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000895 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
896}
897
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000898/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
899Sema::OwningExprResult
900Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
901 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000902 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000903 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
904 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
905 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000906
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000907 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
908 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
909 // not any specific instance's member.
910 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000911 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000912 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000913 QualType DType;
914 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
915 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
916 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
917 DType = Method->getType();
918 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
919 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
920 }
921 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
922 if (!DType.isNull()) {
923 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
924 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000925 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000926 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000927 }
928 }
929 }
930
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000931 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
932 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000933 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000934 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
935 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
936 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000937
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000938 // Cope with an implicit member access in a C++ non-static member function.
939 QualType ThisType, MemberType;
940 if (isImplicitMemberReference(SS, D, Loc, ThisType, MemberType)) {
941 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
942 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
943 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
944 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000945
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000946 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
947 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
948 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
949 // explicitly qualified.
950 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
951 ShouldCheckUse = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000952 }
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000953
954 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
955 return ExprError();
956 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D,
957 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000958 }
959
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000960 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000961 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
962 if (MD->isStatic())
963 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000964 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
965 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000966 }
967
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000968 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
969 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
970 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000971 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
972 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000973 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000974
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000975 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000976 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000977 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000978 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000979 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000980 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000981
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000982 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000983 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000984 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
985 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000986 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000987 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
988 false, false, SS);
Anders Carlsson598da5b2009-08-29 01:06:32 +0000989 else if (UnresolvedUsingDecl *UD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingDecl>(D))
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000990 return BuildDeclRefExpr(UD, Context.DependentTy, Loc,
991 /*TypeDependent=*/true,
Anders Carlsson598da5b2009-08-29 01:06:32 +0000992 /*ValueDependent=*/true, SS);
993
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000994 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000995
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000996 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
997 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
998 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
999 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001000 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001001 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001002 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1003 return ExprError();
1004
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001005 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1006 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001007 return ExprError();
1008
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001009 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1010 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1011 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1012 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001013 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001014 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1015 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1016 //
1017 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001018 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001019 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001020 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001021 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001022 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001023 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1024 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001025 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001026
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001027 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001028 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001029 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001030 }
1031 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1032 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001033
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001034 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001035 bool ValueDependent = false;
1036 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1037 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001038 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001039 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1040 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1041 TypeDependent = true;
1042 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1043 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1044 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1045 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1046 TypeDependent = true;
1047 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1048 // names a dependent type.
1049 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001050 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001051 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1052 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001053 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001054 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1055 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1056 TypeDependent = true;
1057 break;
1058 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001059 }
1060 }
1061 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001062
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001063 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1064 //
1065 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1066 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1067 if (TypeDependent)
1068 ValueDependent = true;
1069 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1070 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1071 ValueDependent = true;
1072 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1073 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001074 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Mike Stumpfbf68702009-11-03 22:20:01 +00001075 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Dcl->getType()).getCVRQualifiers()
1076 == Qualifiers::Const &&
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001077 Dcl->getInit()) {
1078 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1079 }
1080 }
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001081 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001082
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001083 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1084 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001085}
1086
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001087Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1088 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001089 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001090
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001091 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001092 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001093 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1094 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1095 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001096 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001097
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001098 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1099 // string.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001100
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001101 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1102 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001103 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001104 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001105 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001106
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001107 QualType ResTy;
1108 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1109 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1110 } else {
1111 unsigned Length =
1112 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001113
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001114 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001115 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001116 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1117 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001118 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001119}
1120
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001121Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001122 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1123 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1124 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1125 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001126
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001127 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1128 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1129 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001130 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001131
1132 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1133
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001134 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1135 Literal.isWide(),
1136 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001137}
1138
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001139Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1140 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001141 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1142 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001143 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001144 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001145 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001146 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001147 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001148
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001149 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001150 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1151 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001152 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001153
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001154 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1155 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001156
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001157 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001158 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1159 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001160 return ExprError();
1161
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001162 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001163
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001164 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001165 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001166 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001167 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001168 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001169 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001170 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001171 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001172
1173 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1174
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001175 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1176 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001177 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1178 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001179
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001180 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001181 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001182 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001183 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001184
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001185 // long long is a C99 feature.
1186 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001187 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001188 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1189
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001190 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001191 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001192
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001193 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1194 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1195 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001196 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1197 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001198 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001199 } else {
1200 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1201 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001202
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001203 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1204 // be an unsigned int.
1205 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1206
1207 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001208 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001209 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1210 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001211 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001212
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001213 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1214 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1215 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1216 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001217 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001218 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001219 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001220 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001221 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001222 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001223
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001224 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001225 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001226 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001227
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001228 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1229 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1230 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1231 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001232 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001233 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001234 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001235 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001236 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001237 }
1238
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001239 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001240 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001241 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001242
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001243 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1244 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1245 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1246 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001247 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001248 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001249 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001250 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001251 }
1252 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001253
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001254 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1255 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001256 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001257 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001258 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001259 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001260 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001261
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001262 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1263 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001264 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001265 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001266 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001267
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001268 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1269 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001270 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001271 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001272
1273 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001274}
1275
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001276Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1277 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001278 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001279 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001280 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001281}
1282
1283/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1284/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001285bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001286 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1287 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1288 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001289 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1290 return false;
1291
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001292 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001293 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001294 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001295 if (isSizeof)
1296 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1297 return false;
1298 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001299
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001300 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001301 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001302 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1303 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001304 return false;
1305 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001306
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001307 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001308 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001309 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1310 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001311 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001312
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001313 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001314 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001315 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001316 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1317 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001318 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001319
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001320 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001321}
1322
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001323bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1324 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1325 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001326
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001327 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001328 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1329 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001330
1331 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1332 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1333 return false;
1334
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001335 if (E->getBitField()) {
1336 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1337 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001338 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001339
1340 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1341 // bit-field.
1342 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001343 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001344 return false;
1345
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001346 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1347}
1348
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001349/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001350Action::OwningExprResult
1351Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001352 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1353 if (T.isNull())
1354 return ExprError();
1355
1356 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1357 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1358 return ExprError();
1359
1360 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1361 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1362 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1363 R.getEnd()));
1364}
1365
1366/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1367/// operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001368Action::OwningExprResult
1369Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001370 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1371 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1372 bool isInvalid = false;
1373 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1374 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1375 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1376 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001377 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001378 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1379 isInvalid = true;
1380 } else {
1381 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1382 }
1383
1384 if (isInvalid)
1385 return ExprError();
1386
1387 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1388 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1389 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1390 R.getEnd()));
1391}
1392
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001393/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1394/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1395/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001396Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001397Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1398 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001399 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001400 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001401
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001402 if (isType) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00001403 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
1404 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx);
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001405 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001406 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001407
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001408 // Get the end location.
1409 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1410 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1411 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1412
1413 if (Result.isInvalid())
1414 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1415
1416 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001417}
1418
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001419QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001420 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1421 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001422
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001423 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001424 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001425 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001426
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001427 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1428 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1429 return V->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001430
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001431 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001432 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1433 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001434 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001435}
1436
1437
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001438
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001439Action::OwningExprResult
1440Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1441 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001442 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1443 Input = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Input));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001444 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001445
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001446 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1447 switch (Kind) {
1448 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1449 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1450 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1451 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001452
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001453 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1454 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1455 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001456 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001457 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1458
1459 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1460 //
1461 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1462 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1463 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1464 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1465 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1466 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1467 // argument will have value zero.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001468 Expr *Args[2] = {
1469 Arg,
1470 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001471 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001472 };
1473
1474 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1475 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001476 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001477
1478 // Perform overload resolution.
1479 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001480 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001481 case OR_Success: {
1482 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1483 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1484
1485 if (FnDecl) {
1486 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1487 // operator.
1488
1489 // Convert the arguments.
1490 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1491 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001492 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001493 } else {
1494 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001495 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001496 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1497 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001498 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001499 }
1500
1501 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlsson07d68f12009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001502 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001503
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001504 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001505 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001506 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001507 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1508
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001509 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001510 Args[0] = Arg;
Anders Carlsson07d68f12009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001511
1512 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
1513 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp,
1514 FnExpr, Args, 2,
1515 ResultTy, OpLoc));
1516
1517 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
1518 FnDecl))
1519 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson3a9439f2009-10-13 22:22:09 +00001520 return Owned(TheCall.release());
1521
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001522 } else {
1523 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1524 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1525 // operator node.
1526 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1527 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001528 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001529
1530 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001531 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001532 }
1533
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00001534 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
1535 // No viable function; try checking this as a built-in operator, which
1536 // will fail and provide a diagnostic. Then, print the overload
1537 // candidates.
1538 OwningExprResult Result = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
1539 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
1540 "C++ postfix-unary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
1541 if (Result.isInvalid())
1542 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
1543
1544 return move(Result);
1545 }
1546
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001547 case OR_Ambiguous:
1548 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1549 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1550 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1551 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001552 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001553
1554 case OR_Deleted:
1555 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1556 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1557 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1558 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1559 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1560 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001561 }
1562
1563 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1564 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1565 // build a built-in operation.
1566 }
1567
Eli Friedman6016cb22009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001568 Input.release();
1569 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001570 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001571}
1572
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001573Action::OwningExprResult
1574Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1575 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001576 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1577 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1578
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001579 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1580 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001581
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001582 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001583 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1584 Base.release();
1585 Idx.release();
1586 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1587 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1588 }
1589
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001590 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001591 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001592 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1593 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1594 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001595 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001596 }
1597
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001598 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1599}
1600
1601
1602Action::OwningExprResult
1603Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1604 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1605 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1606 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1607
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001608 // Perform default conversions.
1609 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1610 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001611
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001612 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001613
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001614 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001615 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001616 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001617 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001618 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1619 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001620 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1621 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1622 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1623 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001624 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001625 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1626 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001627 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001628 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001629 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001630 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1631 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001632 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001633 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001634 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001635 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1636 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1637 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001638 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001639 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001640 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1641 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1642 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1643 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001644 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001645 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001646 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001647
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001648 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1649 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001650 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1651 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1652 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1653 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1654 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1655 // force the promotion here.
1656 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1657 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001658 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1659 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001660 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1661
1662 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1663 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001664 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001665 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1666 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1667 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1668 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001669 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1670 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001671 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1672
1673 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1674 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001675 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001676 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001677 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1678 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001679 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001680 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001681 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1682 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001683 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1684 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001685
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001686 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinig0f9a5b52009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001687 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1688 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig76e2b712009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001689 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1690
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001691 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001692 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1693 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001694 // incomplete types are not object types.
1695 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1696 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1697 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1698 return ExprError();
1699 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001700
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001701 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001702 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001703 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1704 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001705 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001706
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001707 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1708 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1709 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1710 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1711 return ExprError();
1712 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001713
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001714 Base.release();
1715 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001716 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001717 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001718}
1719
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001720QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001721CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001722 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001723 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbar2ad32892009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001724 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1725 // see FIXME there.
1726 //
1727 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
1728 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001729 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001730
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001731 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001732 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001733
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001734 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001735 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1736 // to be selected.
1737 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001738
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001739 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1740 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001741 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001742
1743 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1744 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001745 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001746 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1747 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001748 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001749 do
1750 compStr++;
1751 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001752 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001753 do
1754 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001755 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001756 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001757
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001758 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001759 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1760 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001761 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1762 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001763 return QualType();
1764 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001765
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001766 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1767 // operates on.
1768 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001769 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001770
1771 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001772 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001773
1774 while (*compStr) {
1775 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1776 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1777 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1778 return QualType();
1779 }
1780 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001781 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001782
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001783 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1784 // number of elements.
1785 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001786 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001787 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001788 return QualType();
1789 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001790
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001791 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001792 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001793 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001794 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001795 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001796 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001797 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001798 if (HexSwizzle)
1799 CompSize--;
1800
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001801 if (CompSize == 1)
1802 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001803
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001804 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001805 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001806 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1807 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1808 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1809 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001810 }
1811 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001812}
1813
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001814static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001815 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001816 const Selector &Sel,
1817 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001818
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001819 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001820 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001821 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001822 return OMD;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001823
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001824 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1825 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001826 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001827 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001828 return D;
1829 }
1830 return 0;
1831}
1832
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001833static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001834 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001835 const Selector &Sel,
1836 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001837 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1838 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001839 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001840 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001841 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001842 GDecl = PD;
1843 break;
1844 }
1845 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001846 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001847 GDecl = OMD;
1848 break;
1849 }
1850 }
1851 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001852 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001853 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1854 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001855 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001856 if (GDecl)
1857 return GDecl;
1858 }
1859 }
1860 return GDecl;
1861}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001862
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001863Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001864Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001865 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001866 DeclarationName MemberName,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00001867 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
1868 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001869 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00001870 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
1871 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001872 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1873 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001874 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
1875 return ExprError();
1876
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001877 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1878 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1879
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001880 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00001881 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001882
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001883 // Perform default conversions.
1884 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001885
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001886 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001887 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
1888 // use that.
1889 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
1890 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
1891 // is a reference to 'isa'.
1892 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
1893 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001894 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001895 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001896 }
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001897 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001898
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001899 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
1900 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
1901 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1902 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
1903 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
1904 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
1905 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
1906 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
1907 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
1908 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
1909 // Check the use of this method.
1910 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1911 return ExprError();
1912 }
1913 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
1914 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1915 Selector SetterSel =
1916 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1917 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
1918 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
1919 if (!Setter) {
1920 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1921 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00001922 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001923 }
1924 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1925 if (!Setter)
1926 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
1927
1928 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
1929 return ExprError();
1930
1931 if (Getter || Setter) {
1932 QualType PType;
1933
1934 if (Getter)
1935 PType = Getter->getResultType();
1936 else
1937 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
1938 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
1939 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
1940 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
1941 PType,
1942 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1943 }
1944 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1945 << MemberName << BaseType);
1946 }
1947 }
1948
1949 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
1950 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
1951 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001952 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001953 }
1954
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001955 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1956 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001957 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001958 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
1959 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1960 if (SS) {
1961 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
1962 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
1963 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
1964 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001965
1966 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001967 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001968 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001969 FirstQualifierInScope,
1970 MemberName,
1971 MemberLoc,
1972 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
1973 LAngleLoc,
1974 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1975 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
1976 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001977 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001978 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001979 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001980 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
1981 ;
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001982 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001983 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1984 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1985 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001986 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001987 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001988 // (so we'll report an error for)
1989 // T* t;
1990 // t.f;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001991 //
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001992 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
1993 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
1994 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001995 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001996
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001997 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001998 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
1999 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2000 if (SS) {
2001 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2002 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2003 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2004 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002005
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002006 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002007 BaseExpr, false,
2008 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002009 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002010 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002011 FirstQualifierInScope,
2012 MemberName,
2013 MemberLoc,
2014 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2015 LAngleLoc,
2016 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2017 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2018 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002019 }
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002020 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002021
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002022 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2023 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002024 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002025 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002026 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002027 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2028 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002029 return ExprError();
2030
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002031 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2032 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2033 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2034 // nested-name-specifier.
2035 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Douglas Gregor8d1c9ae2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00002036
2037 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2038 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2039 << DC << SS->getRange();
2040 return ExprError();
2041 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002042
2043 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002044 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2045 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2046 }
2047
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002048 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002049 LookupResult Result;
2050 LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC, MemberName, LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002051
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002052 if (Result.empty())
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00002053 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member)
2054 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002055 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002056 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, MemberName, MemberLoc,
2057 BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002058 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002059 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002060
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002061 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
2062
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002063 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002064 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002065 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002066 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002067 QualType MemberTypeCanon
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002068 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002069
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002070 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2071 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2072 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2073 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2074 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2075 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002076
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002077 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2078 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2079 // error cases.
2080 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2081 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002082
Anders Carlsson0f728562009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002083 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2084 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2085 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2086 // explicitly qualified.
2087 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2088 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2089 }
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002090
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002091 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson0f728562009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002092 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002093 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002094
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002095 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002096 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2097 // (C++ [class.union]).
2098 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002099 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002100 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002101
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002102 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002103 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002104 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002105 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2106 else {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002107 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2108 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2109 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2110
2111 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2112 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2113
2114 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2115 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2116 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002117 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002118
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002119 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002120 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2121 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002122 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002123 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002124 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002125
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002126 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2127 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002128 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2129 Var, MemberLoc,
2130 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002131 }
2132 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2133 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002134 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2135 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2136 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002137 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002138 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002139 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2140 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002141
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002142 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002143 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2144 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002145 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002146 FunTmpl, MemberLoc, true,
2147 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2148 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002149 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002150
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002151 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2152 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2153 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002154 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002155 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002156 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2157 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002158 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2159 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002160 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002161 Ovl, MemberLoc, true,
2162 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2163 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002164 Context.OverloadTy));
2165
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002166 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2167 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002168 }
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002169 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2170 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002171 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2172 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002173 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002174 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002175 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002176 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002177
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002178 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2179 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2180 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002181 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2182 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002183 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002184 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002185
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002186 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2187 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2188 // pseudo-destructor.
2189 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2190 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002191 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2192 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002193 // type.
2194 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2195 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2196 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002197
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002198 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2199 // same as the object type.
2200 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2201 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2202 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2203 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2204 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002205
2206 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002207 // the form
2208 //
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002209 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2210 //
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002211 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2212 //
2213 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2214 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002215
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002216 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2217 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2218 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002219 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002220 OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002221 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002222 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2223 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2224 MemberLoc));
2225 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002226
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002227 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2228 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002229 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2230 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002231 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002232 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002233 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002234 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002235 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2236
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002237 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2238 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002239 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002240
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002241 if (IV) {
2242 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2243 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2244 // error cases.
2245 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2246 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002247
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002248 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2249 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2250 return ExprError();
2251 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2252 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2253 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2254 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2255 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2256 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2257 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2258 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2259 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2260 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2261 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2262 // AST for a function decl.
2263 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002264 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002265 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2266 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2267 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2268 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2269 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2270 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002271
2272 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2273 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002274 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002275 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002276 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002277 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2278 // @protected
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002279 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002280 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002281 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002282
2283 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2284 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2285 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002286 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002287 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002288 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002289 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002290 }
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002291 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002292 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002293 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002294 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002295 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002296 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002297
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002298 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002299 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002300 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2301 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2302 // Check the use of this declaration
2303 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2304 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002305
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002306 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2307 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2308 }
2309 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2310 // Check the use of this method.
2311 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2312 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002313
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002314 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002315 OMD->getResultType(),
2316 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002317 NULL, 0));
2318 }
2319 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002320
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002321 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002322 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002323 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002324 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2325 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002326 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002327 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002328 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2329 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2330 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002331 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002332
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002333 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002334 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002335 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2336 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2337 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002338 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002339 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002340 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002341 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2342 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002343 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002344 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2345 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002346 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002347 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2348 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002349 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002350 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2351 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2352 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002353
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002354 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002355 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2356 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002357 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2358 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002359 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002360 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2361 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2362 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002363
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002364 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2365 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2366 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002367 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2368 // selector is implemented.
2369
2370 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2371 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2372
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002373 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002374 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002375
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002376 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2377 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002378 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002379
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002380 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002381 if (!Getter)
2382 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002383 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002384 // Check if we can reference this property.
2385 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2386 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002387 }
2388 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2389 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002390 Selector SetterSel =
2391 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002392 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002393 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002394 if (!Setter) {
2395 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2396 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002397 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002398 }
2399 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002400 if (!Setter)
2401 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002402
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002403 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2404 return ExprError();
2405
2406 if (Getter || Setter) {
2407 QualType PType;
2408
2409 if (Getter)
2410 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian154440e2009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002411 else
2412 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2413 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002414 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian09105f52009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002415 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002416 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2417 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002418 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002419 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002420 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002421
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002422 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002423 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002424 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002425 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002426 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2427 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2428
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002429 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002430 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002431 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002432 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2433 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002434 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002435 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002436 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002437 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002438
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002439 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2440 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2441
2442 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2443 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2444 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002445 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002446 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002447 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002448 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002449 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2450 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2451 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2452 }
2453
2454 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002455}
2456
Douglas Gregor2d1c2142009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002457Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base,
2458 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2459 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
2460 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2461 UnqualifiedId &Member,
2462 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
2463 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2464 if (Member.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
2465 TemplateName Template
2466 = TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(Member.TemplateId->Template);
2467
2468 // FIXME: We're going to end up looking up the template based on its name,
2469 // twice!
2470 DeclarationName Name;
2471 if (TemplateDecl *ActualTemplate = Template.getAsTemplateDecl())
2472 Name = ActualTemplate->getDeclName();
2473 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = Template.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl())
2474 Name = Ovl->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00002475 else {
2476 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Template.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2477 if (DTN->isIdentifier())
2478 Name = DTN->getIdentifier();
2479 else
2480 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2481 }
Douglas Gregor2d1c2142009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002482
2483 // Translate the parser's template argument list in our AST format.
2484 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
2485 Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
2486 Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgIsType(),
2487 Member.TemplateId->NumArgs);
2488
2489 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgumentLoc, 16> TemplateArgs;
2490 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
2491 Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgLocations(),
2492 TemplateArgs);
2493 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
2494
2495 // Do we have the save the actual template name? We might need it...
2496 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2497 Member.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
2498 Name, true, Member.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
2499 TemplateArgs.data(), TemplateArgs.size(),
2500 Member.TemplateId->RAngleLoc, DeclPtrTy(),
2501 &SS);
2502 }
2503
2504 // FIXME: We lose a lot of source information by mapping directly to the
2505 // DeclarationName.
2506 OwningExprResult Result
2507 = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2508 Member.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2509 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Member),
2510 ObjCImpDecl, &SS);
2511
2512 if (Result.isInvalid() || HasTrailingLParen ||
2513 Member.getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
2514 return move(Result);
2515
2516 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
2517 // immediately call them. Since the next token is not a '(', produce a
2518 // diagnostic and build the call now.
2519 Expr *E = (Expr *)Result.get();
2520 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc
2521 = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Member.getSourceRange().getEnd());
2522 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
2523 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2524 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2525
2526 return ActOnCallExpr(0, move(Result), ExpectedLParenLoc,
2527 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, ExpectedLParenLoc);
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002528}
2529
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002530Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2531 FunctionDecl *FD,
2532 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2533 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2534 Diag (CallLoc,
2535 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2536 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002537 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002538 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2539 } else {
2540 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2541 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2542
2543 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002544 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson25cae7f2009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002545
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002546 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2547 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002548 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002549
John McCallce3ff2b2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002550 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002551 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002552 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002553
2554 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002555 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2556 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2557 return ExprError();
2558 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002559
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002560 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002561
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002562 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2563 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2564 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002565 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002566 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002567 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002568 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2569 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2570 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2571 }
2572 }
2573
2574 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2575 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2576}
2577
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002578/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2579/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2580/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2581/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2582/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2583/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002584bool
2585Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002586 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002587 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002588 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2589 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002590 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002591 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2592 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2593 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002594 bool Invalid = false;
2595
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002596 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2597 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2598 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2599 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2600 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2601 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2602 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2603 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002604 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002605 }
2606
2607 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2608 // them.
2609 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2610 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2611 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2612 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2613 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2614 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2615 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2616 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002617 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002618 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002619 }
2620 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2621 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002622
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002623 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2624 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2625 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002626
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002627 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002628 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002629 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002630
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002631 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2632 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002633 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2634 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002635 return true;
2636
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002637 // Pass the argument.
2638 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2639 return true;
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002640 } else {
Anders Carlssoned961f92009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002641 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002642
2643 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002644 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2645 FDecl, Param);
2646 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2647 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002648
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002649 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002650 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002651
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002652 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2653 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002654
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002655 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2656 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002657 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2658 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2659 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2660 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2661 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2662
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002663 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2664 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2665 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002666 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002667 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2668 }
2669 }
2670
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002671 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002672}
2673
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002674/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2675/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2676/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2677/// template arguments, etc.
2678void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
2679 NamedDecl *&Function,
2680 DeclarationName &Name,
2681 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2682 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2683 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
2684 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002685 const TemplateArgumentLoc *&ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002686 unsigned &NumExplicitTemplateArgs) {
2687 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
2688 Function = 0;
2689 Name = DeclarationName();
2690 Qualifier = 0;
2691 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2692 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
2693 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
2694
2695 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2696 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2697 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2698 while (true) {
2699 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2700 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2701 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2702 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2703 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2704 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2705 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2706 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2707 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2708 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2709 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002710 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2711 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00002712 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier())) {
2713 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2714 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange();
2715 }
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002716 break;
2717 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
2718 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2719 Name = DepName->getName();
2720 break;
2721 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2722 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2723 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
2724 if (!Function)
2725 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
2726 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
2727 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2728 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2729
2730 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2731 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2732 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2733 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2734 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2735 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2736 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2737 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2738 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2739 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2740 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2741 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2742 //
2743 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2744 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2745 // is still possible.
2746 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2747 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2748 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2749 }
2750 break;
2751 } else {
2752 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2753 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2754 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2755 break;
2756 }
2757 }
2758}
2759
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002760/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002761/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2762/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002763Action::OwningExprResult
2764Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2765 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002766 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002767 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002768
2769 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2770 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002771
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002772 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002773 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002774 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002775 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002776 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002777 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002778
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002779 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002780 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2781 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2782 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2783 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2784 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2785 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2786 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2787 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002788
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002789 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2790 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002791
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002792 NumArgs = 0;
2793 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002794
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002795 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2796 RParenLoc));
2797 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002798
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002799 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002800 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002801 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2802 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002803 bool Dependent = false;
2804 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2805 Dependent = true;
2806 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2807 Dependent = true;
2808
2809 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002810 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002811 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2812
2813 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2814 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2815 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2816 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2817
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002818 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002819 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2820 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2821 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2822 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2823 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2824 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2825 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002826 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2827 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002828 }
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002829
2830 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
2831 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2832 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
2833 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002834 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
2835 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
2836 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002837
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002838 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
2839 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
2840 NumArgs, ResultTy,
2841 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002842
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002843 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
2844 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2845 TheCall.get(), 0))
2846 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8d6d90d2009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002847
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002848 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
2849 RParenLoc))
2850 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002851
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002852 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
2853 }
2854 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
2855 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2856 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002857 }
2858 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002859 }
2860
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002861 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002862 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002863 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002864 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002865 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002866 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002867 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002868 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2869 SourceRange QualifierRange;
2870 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
2871 ADL,HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2872 NumExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002873
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002874 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002875 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002876 if (NDecl) {
2877 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2878 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002879 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2880 else
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002881 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2882 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002883 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002884
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002885 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002886 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002887 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002888 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002889 ADL = false;
2890
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002891 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2892 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2893 ADL = false;
2894
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002895 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002896 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002897 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2898 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2899 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002900 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002901 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002902 if (!FDecl)
2903 return ExprError();
2904
Douglas Gregor097bfb12009-10-23 22:18:25 +00002905 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002906 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002907 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002908
2909 // Promote the function operand.
2910 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2911
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002912 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2913 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002914 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2915 Args, NumArgs,
2916 Context.BoolTy,
2917 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002918
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002919 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2920 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2921 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2922 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002923 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002924 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002925 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2926 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002927 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002928 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002929 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002930 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002931 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002932 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002933 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2934 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2935
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002936 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002937 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
2938 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
2939 FDecl))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002940 return ExprError();
2941
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002942 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002943 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002944
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002945 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002946 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002947 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002948 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002949 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002950 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002951
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002952 if (FDecl) {
2953 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2954 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2955 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002956 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002957 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002958 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002959 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2960 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2961 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2962 }
2963 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002964 }
2965
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002966 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002967 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2968 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2969 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002970 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2971 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002972 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2973 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002974 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002975 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002976 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002977 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002978
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002979 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2980 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002981 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2982 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002983
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002984 // Check for sentinels
2985 if (NDecl)
2986 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002987
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002988 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002989 if (FDecl) {
2990 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
2991 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002992
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002993 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002994 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
2995 } else if (NDecl) {
2996 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
2997 return ExprError();
2998 }
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002999
Anders Carlssonec74c592009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003000 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003001}
3002
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003003Action::OwningExprResult
3004Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3005 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003006 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003007 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3008 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003009 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003010 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003011 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003012
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003013 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003014 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003015 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3016 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003017 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3018 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003019 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003020 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003021 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003022 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003023
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003024 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003025 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003026 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003027
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003028 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003029 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003030 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003031 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003032 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003033 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003034 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003035 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003036}
3037
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003038Action::OwningExprResult
3039Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003040 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3041 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3042 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003043
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003044 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003045 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003046
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003047 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003048 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003049 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003050 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003051}
3052
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003053static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3054 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
3055 if (Context.getCanonicalType(SrcTy).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3056 Context.getCanonicalType(DestTy).getUnqualifiedType())
3057 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3058
3059 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3060 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3061 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
3062 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3063 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3064 }
3065
3066 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3067 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3068 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3069 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3070 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3071 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3072 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3073 }
3074
3075 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3076 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3077 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3078 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3079 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3080 }
3081
3082 // FIXME: Assert here.
3083 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3084 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3085}
3086
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003087/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003088bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003089 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003090 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3091 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003092 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003093 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3094 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003095
Eli Friedman199ea952009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003096 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003097
3098 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3099 // type needs to be scalar.
3100 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3101 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003102 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3103 return false;
3104 }
3105
3106 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003107 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3108 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
3109 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3110 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003111 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003112 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3113 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003114 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003115 return false;
3116 }
3117
3118 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003119 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003120 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003121 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003122 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003123 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
3124 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3125 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
3126 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3127 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3128 break;
3129 }
3130 }
3131 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3132 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3133 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003134 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003135 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003136 }
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003137
3138 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3139 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3140 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3141 }
3142
3143 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3144 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003145 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3146 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003147 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003148 }
3149
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003150 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3151 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3152
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003153 if (castType->isVectorType())
3154 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3155 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3156 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3157
3158 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003159 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003160
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003161 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3162 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3163
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003164 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003165 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3166 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3167 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3168 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3169 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3170 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3171 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3172 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3173 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3174 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003175 }
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003176
3177 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003178 return false;
3179}
3180
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003181bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3182 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003183 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003184
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003185 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003186 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003187 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003188 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003189 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003190 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003191 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003192 } else
3193 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003194 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003195 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003196
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003197 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003198 return false;
3199}
3200
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003201bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3202 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003203 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003204
3205 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3206
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003207 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3208 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003209 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3210 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3211 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3212 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003213 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003214 return false;
3215 }
3216
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003217 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003218 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3219 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003220 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3221 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3222 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3223 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003224
3225 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3226 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3227 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003228
3229 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003230 return false;
3231}
3232
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003233Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003234Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003235 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003236 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003237
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003238 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3239 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003240
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003241 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003242 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3243 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003244
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003245 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3246 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3247 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003248 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003249 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003250 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003251 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003252
3253 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003254 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003255 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003256
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003257 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3258 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003259
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003260 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3261 } else {
3262 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian31976592009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003263 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003264
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003265 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003266 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003267 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003268}
3269
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003270/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3271/// of comma binary operators.
3272Action::OwningExprResult
3273Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3274 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3275 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3276 if (!E)
3277 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003278
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003279 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003280
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003281 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3282 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3283 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003284
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003285 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3286}
3287
3288Action::OwningExprResult
3289Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3290 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3291 QualType Ty) {
3292 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003293
3294 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003295 // then handle it as such.
3296 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3297 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3298 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3299 return ExprError();
3300 }
3301
3302 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3303 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3304 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3305
3306 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3307 // braces instead of the original commas.
3308 Op.release();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003309 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003310 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3311 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003312 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003313 Owned(E));
3314 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003315 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003316 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3317 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3318 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3319 }
3320}
3321
3322Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3323 SourceLocation R,
3324 MultiExprArg Val) {
3325 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3326 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3327 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3328 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3329 return Owned(expr);
3330}
3331
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003332/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3333/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003334/// C99 6.5.15
3335QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3336 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003337 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3338 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3339 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3340
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003341 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3342 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3343 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3344 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3345 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3346 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003347
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003348 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003349 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3350 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3351 << CondTy;
3352 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003353 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003354
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003355 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003356 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3357 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003358
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003359 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3360 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003361 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3362 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3363 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003364 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003365
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003366 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3367 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003368 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3369 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003370 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003371 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003372 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003373 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003374 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003375 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003376
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003377 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003378 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003379 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3380 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3381 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3382 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3383 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3384 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3385 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003386 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3387 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003388 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003389 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003390 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3391 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003392 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003393 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003394 // promote the null to a pointer.
3395 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003396 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003397 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003398 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003399 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003400 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003401 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003402 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003403 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3404 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3405 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3406 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3407 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003408 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003409 return LHSTy;
3410 }
3411 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3412 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003413 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003414 return RHSTy;
3415 }
3416 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3417 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3418 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003419 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003420 return LHSTy;
3421 }
3422 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3423 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003424 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003425 return RHSTy;
3426 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003427 // Handle block pointer types.
3428 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3429 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3430 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3431 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003432 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3433 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003434 return destType;
3435 }
3436 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3437 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3438 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003439 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003440 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3441 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3442 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003443 return LHSTy;
3444 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003445 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003446 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3447 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003448
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003449 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3450 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003451 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3452 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3453 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3454 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3455 // to get a consistent AST.
3456 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003457 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3458 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003459 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003460 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003461 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003462 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3463 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003464 return LHSTy;
3465 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003466 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003467 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003468
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003469 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3470 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3471 return LHSTy;
3472 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003473 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3474 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003475 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003476
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003477 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3478 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3479 // type. This allows
3480 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3481 // where B is a subclass of A.
3482 //
3483 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3484 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3485 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3486 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3487
3488 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3489 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003490 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahanian9ec22a32009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003491 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003492 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahanian9ec22a32009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003493 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003494 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003495 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003496 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003497 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003498 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3499 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3500 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3501 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3502 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003503 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00003504 } else if (!(compositeType =
3505 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
3506 ;
3507 else {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003508 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3509 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3510 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3511 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003512 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3513 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003514 return incompatTy;
3515 }
3516 // The object pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003517 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3518 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003519 return compositeType;
3520 }
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003521 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3522 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003523 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003524 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003525 QualType destPointee
3526 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003527 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003528 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3529 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3530 // Promote to void*.
3531 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003532 return destType;
3533 }
3534 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003535 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003536 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003537 QualType destPointee
3538 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003539 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003540 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3541 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3542 // Promote to void*.
3543 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003544 return destType;
3545 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003546 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3547 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3548 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003549 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3550 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003551
3552 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3553 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3554 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003555 QualType destPointee
3556 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003557 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003558 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3559 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3560 // Promote to void*.
3561 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003562 return destType;
3563 }
3564 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003565 QualType destPointee
3566 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003567 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003568 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3569 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3570 // Promote to void*.
3571 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003572 return destType;
3573 }
3574
3575 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3576 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3577 return LHSTy;
3578 }
3579 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3580 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3581 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3582 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3583 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3584 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3585 // to get a consistent AST.
3586 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003587 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3588 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003589 return incompatTy;
3590 }
3591 // The pointer types are compatible.
3592 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3593 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3594 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3595 // type.
3596 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3597 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003598 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3599 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003600 return LHSTy;
3601 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003602
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003603 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3604 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3605 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3606 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003607 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003608 return RHSTy;
3609 }
3610 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3611 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3612 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003613 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003614 return LHSTy;
3615 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003616
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003617 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003618 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3619 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003620 return QualType();
3621}
3622
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003623/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003624/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003625Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3626 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3627 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3628 ExprArg RHS) {
3629 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3630 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003631
3632 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3633 // was the condition.
3634 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3635 if (isLHSNull)
3636 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003637
3638 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003639 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003640 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003641 return ExprError();
3642
3643 Cond.release();
3644 LHS.release();
3645 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003646 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003647 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003648 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003649}
3650
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003651// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003652// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003653// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3654// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3655// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003656Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003657Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3658 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003659
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003660 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3661 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3662 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3663 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3664 return Compatible;
3665 }
3666
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003667 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003668 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3669 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003670
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003671 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003672 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3673 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003674
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003675 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003676
3677 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3678 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3679 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003680 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003681 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003682 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003683
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003684 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3685 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003686 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003687 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003688 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003689 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003690
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003691 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003692 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3693 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003694 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003695
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003696 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003697 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003698 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003699
3700 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003701 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3702 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003703 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003704 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003705 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003706 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3707 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3708 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3709 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3710 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3711 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003712 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003713 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003714 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003715 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003716
3717 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003718 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003719 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003720 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003721
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003722 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3723 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3724 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3725 // warning can be disabled.
3726 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3727 return ConvTy;
3728 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3729 }
3730 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003731 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003732 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003733 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003734}
3735
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003736/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3737/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3738/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3739// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003740Sema::AssignConvertType
3741Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003742 QualType rhsType) {
3743 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003744
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003745 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003746 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3747 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003748
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003749 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3750 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3751 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003752
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003753 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003754
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003755 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3756 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3757 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003758
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003759 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003760 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003761 return ConvTy;
3762}
3763
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003764/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3765/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003766/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3767///
3768/// int a, *pint;
3769/// short *pshort;
3770/// struct foo *pfoo;
3771///
3772/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3773/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3774/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3775/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3776///
3777/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003778/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003779///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003780Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003781Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003782 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3783 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003784 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3785 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003786
3787 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003788 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003789
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003790 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3791 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3792 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3793 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3794 return Compatible;
3795 }
3796
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003797 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3798 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3799 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3800 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3801 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3802 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3803 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003804 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003805 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003806 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003807 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003808 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003809 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3810 // to the same ExtVector type.
3811 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3812 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3813 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3814 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3815 return Compatible;
3816 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003817
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003818 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003819 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003820 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003821 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003822 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3823 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003824 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003825 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003826 }
3827 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003828 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003829
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003830 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003831 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003832
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003833 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003834 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003835 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003836
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003837 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003838 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003839
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003840 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003841 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003842 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3843 return Compatible;
3844 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003845 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003846 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3847 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003848 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003849
3850 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003851 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003852 return Compatible;
3853 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003854 return Incompatible;
3855 }
3856
3857 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3858 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003859 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003860
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003861 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003862 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003863 return Compatible;
3864
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003865 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3866 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003867
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003868 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003869 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003870 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003871 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003872 return Incompatible;
3873 }
3874
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003875 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3876 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3877 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003878
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003879 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003880 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003881 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3882 return Compatible;
3883 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003884 }
3885 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003886 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3887 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003888 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3889 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003890 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3891 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003892 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003893 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003894 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003895 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3896 return Compatible;
3897 }
3898 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3899 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3900 return Compatible;
3901 return Incompatible;
3902 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003903 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003904 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003905 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3906 return Compatible;
3907
3908 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003909 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003910
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003911 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003912 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003913
3914 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003915 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003916 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003917 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003918 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003919 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3920 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3921 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3922 return Compatible;
3923
3924 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3925 return PointerToInt;
3926
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003927 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003928 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003929 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3930 return Compatible;
3931 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003932 }
3933 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003934 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003935 return Compatible;
3936 return Incompatible;
3937 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003938
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003939 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003940 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003941 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003942 }
3943 return Incompatible;
3944}
3945
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003946/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3947/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003948static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003949 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3950 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3951 // of the transparent union.
3952 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3953 &E, 1,
3954 SourceLocation());
3955 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3956 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3957
3958 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3959 // union type from this initializer list.
3960 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3961 false);
3962}
3963
3964Sema::AssignConvertType
3965Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3966 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3967
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003968 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003969 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3970 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003971 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003972 return Incompatible;
3973
3974 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3975 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3976 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3977 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003978 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3979 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003980 it != itend; ++it) {
3981 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3982 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3983 // 1) void pointer
3984 // 2) null pointer constant
3985 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003986 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003987 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003988 InitField = *it;
3989 break;
3990 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003991
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003992 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
3993 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003994 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003995 InitField = *it;
3996 break;
3997 }
3998 }
3999
4000 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4001 == Compatible) {
4002 InitField = *it;
4003 break;
4004 }
4005 }
4006
4007 if (!InitField)
4008 return Incompatible;
4009
4010 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4011 return Compatible;
4012}
4013
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004014Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004015Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004016 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4017 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4018 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4019 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4020 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004021 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4022 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004023 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004024 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004025 }
4026
4027 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4028 // structures.
4029 }
4030
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004031 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4032 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004033 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4034 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004035 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004036 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4037 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004038 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004039 return Compatible;
4040 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004041
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004042 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004043 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004044 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004045 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004046 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004047 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004048 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4049 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004050
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004051 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4052 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004053
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004054 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4055 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004056 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4057 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4058 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4059 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004060 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004061 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4062 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004063 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004064}
4065
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004066QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004067 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004068 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004069 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004070 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004071}
4072
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004073inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004074 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004075 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004076 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004077 QualType lhsType =
4078 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4079 QualType rhsType =
4080 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004081
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004082 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004083 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004084 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004085
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004086 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4087 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004088 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4089 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004090 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4091 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004092 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004093 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004094 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004095 }
4096 }
4097 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004098
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004099 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4100 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4101 bool swapped = false;
4102 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4103 swapped = true;
4104 std::swap(rex, lex);
4105 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4106 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004107
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004108 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004109 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004110 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4111 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4112 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004113 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004114 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4115 return lhsType;
4116 }
4117 }
4118 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4119 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4120 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004121 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004122 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4123 return lhsType;
4124 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004125 }
4126 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004127
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004128 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004129 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004130 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004131 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004132 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004133}
4134
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004135inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004136 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004137 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004138 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004139
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004140 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004141
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004142 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004143 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004144 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004145}
4146
4147inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004148 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004149 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4150 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4151 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4152 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4153 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004154
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004155 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004156
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004157 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004158 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004159 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004160}
4161
4162inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004163 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004164 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4165 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4166 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4167 return compType;
4168 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004169
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004170 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004171
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004172 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004173 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4174 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4175 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004176 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004177 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004178
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004179 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4180 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004181 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004182 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4183
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004184 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004185
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004186 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004187 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004188
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004189 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4190 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004191 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4192 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004193 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004194 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004195 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004196
4197 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4198 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4199 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004200 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004201 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4202 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4203 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4204 return QualType();
4205 }
4206
4207 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4208 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4209 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004210 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004211 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004212 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004213 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004214 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4215 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004216 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4217 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004218 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004219 return QualType();
4220 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004221 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4222 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4223 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4224 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4225 return QualType();
4226 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004227
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004228 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004229 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4230 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4231 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4232 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4233 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004234 }
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004235 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4236 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004237 return PExp->getType();
4238 }
4239 }
4240
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004241 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004242}
4243
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004244// C99 6.5.6
4245QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004246 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4247 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4248 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4249 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4250 return compType;
4251 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004252
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004253 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004254
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004255 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004256
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004257 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004258 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4259 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004260 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004261 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004262 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004263
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004264 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004265 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004266 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004267
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004268 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004269
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004270 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4271 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4272 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4273 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4274 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4275 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4276 return QualType();
4277 }
4278
4279 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4280 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4281 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4282 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4283 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004284 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004285 return QualType();
4286 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004287
4288 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4289 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4290 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004291 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004292 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004293 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004294 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004295 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004296
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004297 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4298 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4299 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4300 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4301 return QualType();
4302 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004303
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004304 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004305 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4306 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4307 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4308 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4309 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4310 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004311 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004312 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4313
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004314 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004315 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004316 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004317
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004318 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004319 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004320 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004321
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004322 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4323 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4324 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4325 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4326 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4327 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4328 return QualType();
4329 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004330
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004331 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4332 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4333 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4334 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004335 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004336 return QualType();
4337 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004338
4339 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4340 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4341 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4342 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4343 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004344 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4345 << rex->getSourceRange()
4346 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004347 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004348
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004349 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4350 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4351 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4352 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4353 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4354 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4355 return QualType();
4356 }
4357 } else {
4358 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4359 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4360 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4361 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4362 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4363 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4364 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4365 return QualType();
4366 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004367 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004368
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004369 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4370 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4371 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4372 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4373 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004374 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004375 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004376
4377 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004378 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4379 }
4380 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004381
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004382 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004383}
4384
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004385// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004386QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004387 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004388 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4389 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004390 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004391
Nate Begeman2207d792009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004392 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4393 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4394 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4395
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004396 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4397 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004398 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4399 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4400 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4401 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4402 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004403 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004404 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004405 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004406
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004407 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004408
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004409 // Sanity-check shift operands
4410 llvm::APSInt Right;
4411 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar3f180c62009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004412 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4413 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004414 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004415 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4416 else {
4417 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4418 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4419 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4420 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4421 }
4422 }
4423
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004424 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004425 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004426}
4427
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004428// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004429QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004430 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4431 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4432
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004433 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004434 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004435
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004436 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004437 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4438 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4439 else {
4440 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4441 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4442 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004443 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4444 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004445
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004446 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4447 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004448 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4449 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4450 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004451 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004452 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004453 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4454 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4455 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4456 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004457 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4458 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004459 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004460
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004461 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4462 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4463 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4464 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004465
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004466 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4467 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004468 Expr *literalString = 0;
4469 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004470 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004471 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4472 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004473 literalString = lex;
4474 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004475 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4476 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004477 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4478 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004479 literalString = rex;
4480 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4481 }
4482
4483 if (literalString) {
4484 std::string resultComparison;
4485 switch (Opc) {
4486 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4487 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4488 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4489 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4490 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4491 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4492 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4493 }
4494 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4495 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4496 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004497 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4498 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4499 "strcmp(")
4500 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4501 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004502 resultComparison);
4503 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004504 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004505
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004506 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004507 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004508
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004509 if (isRelational) {
4510 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004511 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004512 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004513 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004514 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004515 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004516 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004517 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004518
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004519 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004520 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004521 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004522
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004523 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4524 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4525 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4526 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004527
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004528 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4529 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4530 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004531 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004532 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004533 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004534 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004535 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004536
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004537 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004538 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4539 return ResultTy;
4540
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004541 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4542 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4543 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4544 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4545 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4546 //
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004547 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004548 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004549 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004550 if (T.isNull()) {
4551 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4552 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4553 return QualType();
4554 }
4555
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004556 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4557 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004558 return ResultTy;
4559 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004560 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4561 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4562 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4563 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4564 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4565 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4566 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4567 }
4568 } else if (!isRelational &&
4569 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4570 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4571 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4572 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4573 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4574 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4575 }
4576 } else {
4577 // Invalid
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004578 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004579 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004580 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004581 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004582 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004583 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004584 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004585
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004586 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004587 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004588 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004589 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004590 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4591 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004592 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004593 return ResultTy;
4594 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004595 if (LHSIsNull &&
4596 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4597 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004598 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004599 return ResultTy;
4600 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004601
4602 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004603 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004604 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4605 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004606 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4607 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4608 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4609 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4610 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4611 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4612 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4613 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004614 // types.
4615 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4616 if (T.isNull()) {
4617 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4618 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4619 return QualType();
4620 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004621
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004622 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4623 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004624 return ResultTy;
4625 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004626
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004627 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004628 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4629 return ResultTy;
4630 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004631
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004632 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004633 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004634 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4635 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004636
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004637 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004638 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004639 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004640 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004641 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004642 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004643 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004644 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004645 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004646 if (!isRelational
4647 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4648 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004649 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004650 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004651 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004652 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004653 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4654 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4655 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004656 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004657 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004658 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004659 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004660
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004661 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004662 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004663 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4664 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004665 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004666 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004667 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004668 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004669
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004670 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4671 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004672 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004673 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004674 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004675 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004676 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004677 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004678 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004679 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004680 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4681 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004682 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004683 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004684 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004685 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004686 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004687 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4688 if (RHSIsNull) {
4689 if (isRelational)
4690 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4691 } else if (isRelational)
4692 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4693 else
4694 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004695
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004696 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004697 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004698 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004699 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004700 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004701 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004702 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004703 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004704 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4705 if (LHSIsNull) {
4706 if (isRelational)
4707 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4708 } else if (isRelational)
4709 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4710 else
4711 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004712
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004713 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004714 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004715 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004716 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004717 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004718 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004719 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004720 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004721 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4722 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004723 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004724 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004725 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004726 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4727 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004728 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004729 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004730 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004731 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004732}
4733
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004734/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004735/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004736/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4737/// types.
4738QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004739 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004740 bool isRelational) {
4741 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4742 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004743 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004744 if (vType.isNull())
4745 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004746
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004747 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4748 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004749
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004750 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4751 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4752 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4753 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4754 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4755 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4756 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004757 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004758 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004759
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004760 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4761 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4762 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004763 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004764 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004765
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004766 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4767 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4768 // elements for floating point vectors.
4769 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4770 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004771
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004772 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004773 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004774 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004775 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004776 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004777 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4778
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004779 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004780 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004781 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4782}
4783
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004784inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004785 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004786 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004787 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004788
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004789 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004790
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004791 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004792 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004793 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004794}
4795
4796inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004797 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004798 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4799 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004800
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004801 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
4802 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4803
4804 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4805 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
4806 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
4807 return Context.BoolTy;
4808 }
4809
4810 return Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004811}
4812
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004813/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4814/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4815/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4816///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004817static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004818 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4819 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4820 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4821 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004822 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004823 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4824 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4825 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4826 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004827 }
4828 }
4829 return false;
4830}
4831
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004832/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4833/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4834static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004835 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004836 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004837 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004838 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4839 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004840 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4841 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004842
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004843 unsigned Diag = 0;
4844 bool NeedType = false;
4845 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4846 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4847 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004848 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004849 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4850 NeedType = true;
4851 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004852 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004853 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4854 NeedType = true;
4855 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004856 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004857 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4858 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004859 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004860 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4861 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004862 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4863 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004864 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004865 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4866 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004867 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004868 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4869 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004870 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004871 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4872 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004873 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4874 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4875 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004876 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4877 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4878 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004879 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004880
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004881 SourceRange Assign;
4882 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4883 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004884 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004885 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004886 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004887 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004888 return true;
4889}
4890
4891
4892
4893// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004894QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4895 SourceLocation Loc,
4896 QualType CompoundType) {
4897 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4898 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004899 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004900
4901 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4902 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004903
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004904 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004905 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004906 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004907 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004908 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4909 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4910 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004911 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004912 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004913 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004914 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004915
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004916 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4917 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4918 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004919 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004920 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4921 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4922 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4923 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4924 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004925 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004926 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004927 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4928 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4929 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004930 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4931 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004932 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4933 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4934 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004935 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004936 }
4937 } else {
4938 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004939 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004940 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004941
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004942 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4943 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004944 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004945
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004946 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4947 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004948 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004949 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4950 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004951 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004952 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004953 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004954}
4955
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004956// C99 6.5.17
4957QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004958 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004959 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004960
4961 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4962 // incomplete in C++).
4963
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004964 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004965}
4966
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004967/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4968/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004969QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4970 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004971 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4972 return Context.DependentTy;
4973
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004974 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4975 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004976
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004977 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4978 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4979 if (!isInc) {
4980 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4981 return QualType();
4982 }
4983 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4984 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4985 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004986 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004987 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4988 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004989
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004990 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004991 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004992 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4993 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4994 << Op->getSourceRange();
4995 return QualType();
4996 }
4997
4998 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004999 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005000 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005001 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5002 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5003 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5004 return QualType();
5005 }
5006
5007 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005008 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005009 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005010 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005011 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005012 << ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005013 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005014 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5015 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5016 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5017 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5018 return QualType();
5019 }
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005020 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5021 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5022 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005023 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005024 } else {
5025 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005026 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005027 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005028 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005029 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005030 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005031 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005032 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005033 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005034}
5035
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005036/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005037/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005038/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5039/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5040/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5041/// - &(x) => x
5042/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5043/// - &s.xx => s
5044/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5045/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5046/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5047/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005048static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005049 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005050 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005051 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005052 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005053 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5054 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5055 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005056 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005057 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005058 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005059 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005060 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005061 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5062 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005063 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5064 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5065 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5066 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5067 }
5068 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005069 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005070 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5071 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005072
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005073 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005074 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5075 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5076 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5077 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5078 default:
5079 return 0;
5080 }
5081 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005082 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005083 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005084 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005085 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5086 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005087 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005088 default:
5089 return 0;
5090 }
5091}
5092
5093/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005094/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005095/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005096/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005097/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005098/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005099/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005100QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005101 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5102 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5103
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005104 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5105 return Context.DependentTy;
5106
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005107 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5108 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5109 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5110 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5111 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5112 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5113 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5114 }
5115 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5116 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5117 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005118 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005119 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005120
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005121 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5122 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005123 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005124 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005125 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005126 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5127 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005128 return QualType();
5129 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005130 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005131 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5132 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5133 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005134 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005135 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5136 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005137 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005138 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005139 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005140 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005141 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5142 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5143 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5144 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5145 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson1d524c32009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005146 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5147 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson474e1022009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005148 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5149 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005150 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005151 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005152 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5153 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
5154 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005155 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5156 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005157 return QualType();
5158 }
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005159 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
5160 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005161 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005162 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005163 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005164 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5165 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005166 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005167 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005168 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5169 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005170 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005171 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5172 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5173 return QualType();
5174 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005175
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005176 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5177 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005178 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005179 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005180 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005181 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005182 // As above.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005183 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5184 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005185 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5186 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5187 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005188 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005189 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005190
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005191 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5192 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5193 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5194 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5195 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5196 }
5197
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005198 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
5199 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
5200}
5201
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005202QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005203 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5204 return Context.DependentTy;
5205
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005206 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5207 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005208
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005209 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5210 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5211 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5212 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005213 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005214 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005215
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005216 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanian16b10372009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005217 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005218
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005219 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005220 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005221 return QualType();
5222}
5223
5224static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5225 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5226 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5227 switch (Kind) {
5228 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005229 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5230 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005231 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5232 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5233 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5234 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5235 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5236 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5237 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5238 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5239 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5240 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5241 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5242 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5243 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5244 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5245 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5246 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5247 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5248 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5249 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5250 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5251 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5252 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5253 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5254 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5255 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5256 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5257 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5258 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5259 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5260 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5261 }
5262 return Opc;
5263}
5264
5265static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5266 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5267 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5268 switch (Kind) {
5269 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5270 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5271 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5272 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5273 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5274 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5275 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5276 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5277 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005278 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5279 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
5280 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
5281 }
5282 return Opc;
5283}
5284
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005285/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5286/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5287/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005288Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5289 unsigned Op,
5290 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005291 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005292 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005293 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5294 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5295 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005296
5297 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005298 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5299 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5300 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005301 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5302 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5303 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5304 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5305 break;
5306 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005307 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5308 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5309 break;
5310 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5311 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5312 break;
5313 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5314 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5315 break;
5316 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5317 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5318 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005319 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005320 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5321 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5322 break;
5323 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5324 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5325 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5326 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005327 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005328 break;
5329 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5330 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005331 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005332 break;
5333 case BinaryOperator::And:
5334 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5335 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5336 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5337 break;
5338 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5339 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5340 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5341 break;
5342 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5343 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005344 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5345 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5346 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5347 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005348 break;
5349 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005350 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5351 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5352 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5353 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005354 break;
5355 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005356 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5357 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5358 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005359 break;
5360 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005361 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5362 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5363 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005364 break;
5365 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5366 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005367 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5368 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5369 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5370 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005371 break;
5372 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5373 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5374 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005375 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5376 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5377 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5378 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005379 break;
5380 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5381 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5382 break;
5383 }
5384 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005385 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005386 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005387 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5388 else
5389 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005390 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5391 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005392}
5393
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005394/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
5395/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005396static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
5397 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
5398 SourceRange ParenRange)
5399{
5400 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
5401 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
5402 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
5403 // warning/error and return.
5404 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
5405 return;
5406 }
5407
5408 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
5409 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
5410 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
5411}
5412
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005413/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
5414/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
5415/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
5416/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005417static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5418 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005419 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
5420 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
5421 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
5422 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005423 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005424 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005425 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
5426
5427 // Subs are not binary operators.
5428 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
5429 return;
5430
5431 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
5432 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005433 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
5434 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005435 return;
5436
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005437 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005438 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5439 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005440 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
5441 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
5442 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
5443 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005444 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5445 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005446 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
5447 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
5448 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005449}
5450
5451/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
5452/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
5453/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
5454static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5455 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005456 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005457 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
5458}
5459
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005460// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005461Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5462 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5463 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005464 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005465 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005466
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005467 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5468 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005469
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005470 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
5471 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
5472
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005473 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005474 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005475 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5476 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5477 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5478 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5479 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005480 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005481 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5482 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5483 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5484 Functions);
5485 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005486 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005487 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005488 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005489 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005490
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005491 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5492 // binary operation.
5493 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005494 }
5495
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005496 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5497 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005498}
5499
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005500Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005501 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005502 ExprArg InputArg) {
5503 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005504
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005505 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005506 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005507 QualType resultType;
5508 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005509 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5510 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5511 break;
5512
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005513 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5514 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005515 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5516 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005517 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005518 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5519 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005520 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005521 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005522 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5523 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005524 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005525 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005526 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5527 break;
5528 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5529 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005530 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5531 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005532 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5533 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005534 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5535 break;
5536 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5537 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5538 break;
5539 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5540 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5541 resultType->isPointerType())
5542 break;
5543
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005544 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5545 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005546 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005547 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5548 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005549 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5550 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005551 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5552 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5553 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005554 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005555 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005556 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005557 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5558 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005559 break;
5560 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5561 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005562 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5563 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005564 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5565 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005566 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005567 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5568 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005569 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005570 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5571 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005572 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005573 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005574 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005575 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005576 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005577 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005578 resultType = Input->getType();
5579 break;
5580 }
5581 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005582 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005583
5584 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005585 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005586}
5587
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005588// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5589Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5590 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5591 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5592 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5593
5594 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5595 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5596 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5597 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5598 // the arguments.
5599 FunctionSet Functions;
5600 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5601 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5602 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5603 Functions);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005604 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005605 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005606 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005607 }
5608
5609 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5610 }
5611
5612 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5613}
5614
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005615/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005616Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5617 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5618 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005619 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005620 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005621
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005622 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5623 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005624 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005625 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005626
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005627 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005628 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5629 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005630}
5631
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005632Sema::OwningExprResult
5633Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5634 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5635 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005636 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5637 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5638
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005639 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005640 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005641 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005642
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005643 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5644 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5645 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005646
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005647 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5648 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5649 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005650
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005651 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5652 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5653 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5654 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5655 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005656
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005657 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005658 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005659 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005660
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005661 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5662 // expressions are not lvalues.
5663
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005664 substmt.release();
5665 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005666}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005667
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005668Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5669 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5670 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5671 TypeTy *argty,
5672 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5673 unsigned NumComponents,
5674 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5675 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5676 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005677 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5678 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005679 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005680
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005681 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5682
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005683 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5684 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5685 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005686 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005687 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005688
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005689 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5690 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005691
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005692 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5693 // the offsetof designators.
5694 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5695 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005696 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005697 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005698
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005699 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5700 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005701 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5702 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005703 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005704 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5705 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005706
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005707 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005708 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005709
John McCalld00f2002009-11-04 03:03:43 +00005710 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
5711 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
5712 return ExprError();
5713
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005714 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5715 // leaks like a sieve.
5716 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5717 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5718 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5719 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5720 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5721 if (!AT) {
5722 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005723 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5724 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005725 }
5726
5727 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5728
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005729 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5730 // expression.
5731 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5732
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005733 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5734 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005735 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005736 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005737 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005738 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005739 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005740
5741 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5742 OC.LocEnd);
5743 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005744 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005745
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005746 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005747 if (!RC) {
5748 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005749 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5750 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005751 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005752
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005753 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5754 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005755 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005756 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005757 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5758 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5759 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005760 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5761 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005762 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005763
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005764 LookupResult R;
5765 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD, OC.U.IdentInfo, LookupMemberName);
5766
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005767 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005768 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005769 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005770 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00005771 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
5772 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005773
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005774 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5775 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005776 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005777 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5778 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005779 } else {
5780 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5781 // doesn't matter here.
5782 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5783 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5784 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005785 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005786 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005787
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005788 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5789 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005790}
5791
5792
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005793Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5794 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5795 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005796 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5797 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5798 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005799
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005800 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005801
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005802 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5803 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5804 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5805 return ExprError();
5806 }
5807
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005808 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5809 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005810}
5811
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005812Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5813 ExprArg cond,
5814 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5815 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5816 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5817 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5818 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005819
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005820 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5821
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005822 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005823 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005824 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005825 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005826 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005827 } else {
5828 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5829 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5830 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5831 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005832 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5833 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5834 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005835
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005836 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5837 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005838 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5839 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005840 }
5841
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005842 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5843 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005844 resType, RPLoc,
5845 resType->isDependentType(),
5846 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005847}
5848
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005849//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5850// Clang Extensions.
5851//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5852
5853/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005854void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005855 // Analyze block parameters.
5856 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005857
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005858 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5859 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5860 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005861
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005862 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005863 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005864 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbar1d2154c2009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005865 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005866 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5867 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005868
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005869 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005870 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005871}
5872
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005873void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005874 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005875
5876 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5877 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005878 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005879 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5880
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005881 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5882 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5883 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5884 return;
5885 }
5886
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005887 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5888 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5889 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5890
5891 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5892 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005893 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005894 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005895 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005896 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005897 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5898 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005899 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005900
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005901 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5902 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5903 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5904 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5905 return;
5906 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005907 return;
5908 }
5909
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005910 // Analyze arguments to block.
5911 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5912 "Not a function declarator!");
5913 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005914
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005915 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5916 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005917
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005918 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5919 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5920 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5921 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005922 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5923 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005924 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005925 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005926 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5927 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005928 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005929 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005930 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005931 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005932 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005933 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005934 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005935 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5936 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5937 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5938 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5939 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005940
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005941 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005942 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005943 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005944 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005945 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005946 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5947 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005948
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005949 // Analyze the return type.
5950 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005951 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005952
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005953 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5954 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5955 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5956 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5957 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005958 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005959}
5960
5961/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5962/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5963void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5964 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5965 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005966
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005967 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5968
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005969 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005970 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005971 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005972 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005973}
5974
5975/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5976/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005977Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5978 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005979 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5980 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5981 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005982
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005983 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5984 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005985
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005986 PopDeclContext();
5987
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005988 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5989 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005990
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005991 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005992 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5993 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005994
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005995 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5996 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5997 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005998
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005999 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006000 QualType BlockTy;
6001 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006002 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6003 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006004 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006005 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006006 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6007 NoReturn);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006008
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006009 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006010 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006011 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006012
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006013 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6014 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6015 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6016 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006017
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006018 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006019 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006020 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6021 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006022}
6023
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006024Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6025 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6026 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006027 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006028 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6029 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006030
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006031 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006032
6033 // Get the va_list type
6034 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006035 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6036 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6037 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6038 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006039 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006040 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6041 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6042 } else {
6043 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6044 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006045 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006046 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006047 return ExprError();
6048 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006049
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006050 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6051 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006052 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6053 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006054 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006055 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006056
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006057 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006058 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006059
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006060 expr.release();
6061 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6062 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006063}
6064
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006065Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006066 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6067 // pointers on the target.
6068 QualType Ty;
6069 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6070 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6071 else
6072 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6073
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006074 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006075}
6076
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006077bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6078 SourceLocation Loc,
6079 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6080 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6081 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6082 bool isInvalid = false;
6083 unsigned DiagKind;
6084 switch (ConvTy) {
6085 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6086 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006087 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006088 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6089 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006090 case IntToPointer:
6091 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6092 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006093 case IncompatiblePointer:
6094 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6095 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006096 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6097 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6098 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006099 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6100 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6101 break;
6102 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006103 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6104 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6105 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6106 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6107 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6108 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6109 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6110 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6111 // C++ semantics.
6112 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6113 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6114 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006115 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6116 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006117 case IntToBlockPointer:
6118 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6119 break;
6120 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006121 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006122 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006123 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006124 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006125 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6126 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6127 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006128 case IncompatibleVectors:
6129 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6130 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006131 case Incompatible:
6132 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6133 isInvalid = true;
6134 break;
6135 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006136
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006137 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
6138 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006139 return isInvalid;
6140}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006141
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006142bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006143 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6144 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6145 if (Result)
6146 *Result = ICEResult;
6147 return false;
6148 }
6149
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006150 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6151
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006152 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006153 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6154 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6155
6156 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6157 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6158 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6159 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6160 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6161 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6162 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006163
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006164 return true;
6165 }
6166
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006167 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6168 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006169
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006170 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6171 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6172 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006173
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006174 if (Result)
6175 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6176 return false;
6177}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006178
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006179Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6180Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006181 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6182 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6183 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006184
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006185 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6186 return NewContext;
6187}
6188
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006189void
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006190Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6191 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6192 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6193
6194 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6195 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6196 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6197 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6198 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6199 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6200 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006201
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006202 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6203 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6204 I != IEnd; ++I)
6205 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6206 }
6207}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006208
6209/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6210///
6211/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6212/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6213/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6214/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6215///
6216/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6217///
6218/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6219void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6220 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006221
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006222 if (D->isUsed())
6223 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006224
Douglas Gregorb5352cf2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006225 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6226 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6227 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6228 // -Wunused-parameters)
6229 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6230 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006231 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006232
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006233 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6234 // an instantiation.
6235 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6236 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006237
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006238 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6239 case Unevaluated:
6240 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6241 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006242
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006243 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6244 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6245 // "used"; handle this below.
6246 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006247
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006248 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6249 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6250 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6251 // potentially evaluated.
6252 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6253 return;
6254 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006255
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006256 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006257 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006258 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006259 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6260 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6261 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006262 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006263 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006264 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6265 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6266 }
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006267 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6268 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6269 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006270
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006271 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6272 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6273 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6274 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6275 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6276 }
6277 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006278 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006279 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006280 // class templates.
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006281 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006282 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6283 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6284 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6285 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6286 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006287 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6288 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006289 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6290 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6291 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6292 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6293 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006294 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6295 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006296 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6297 }
6298
6299 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6300 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6301 }
6302
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006303 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006304 Function->setUsed(true);
6305 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006306 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006307
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006308 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006309 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006310 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006311 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6312 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6313 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6314 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6315 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6316 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6317 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6318 }
6319 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006320
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006321 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006322
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006323 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006324 return;
Sam Weinigcce6ebc2009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006325 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006326}
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006327
6328bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6329 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6330 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6331 return false;
6332
6333 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6334 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6335 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6336 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6337
6338 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6339 FD ?
6340 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6341 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6342 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6343 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6344 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6345 return true;
6346
6347 return false;
6348}
6349
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006350// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6351// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6352void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6353 SourceLocation Loc;
6354
6355 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6356 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6357 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6358 return;
6359
6360 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6361 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6362 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6363 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6364 return;
6365
6366 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6367 } else {
6368 // Not an assignment.
6369 return;
6370 }
6371
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006372 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCall2d152152009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006373 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006374
6375 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_condition_is_assignment)
6376 << E->getSourceRange()
6377 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6378 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6379}
6380
6381bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6382 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6383
6384 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6385 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6386
6387 QualType T = E->getType();
6388
6389 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6390 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6391 return true;
6392 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6393 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6394 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6395 return true;
6396 }
6397 }
6398
6399 return false;
6400}